]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - bfd/elf32-sh.c
Delete duplicate target short-cuts to dynamic sections
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
259 if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260 > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264 sym_value = 0;
265 else
266 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270 switch (r_type)
271 {
272 case R_SH_DIR32:
273 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
276 break;
277 case R_SH_IND12W:
278 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281 + input_section->output_offset
282 + addr
283 + 4);
284 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
285 if (insn & 0x800)
286 sym_value -= 0x1000;
287 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
289 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
290 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 break;
292 default:
293 abort ();
294 break;
295 }
296
297 return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 }
299
300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302
303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 bfd *output_bfd,
308 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 {
310 if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 }
314
315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316
317 struct elf_reloc_map
318 {
319 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 };
322
323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324
325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 {
327 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
420 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
421 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
422 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
423 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
424 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
425 };
426
427 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
428 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
429
430 static reloc_howto_type *
431 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
432 {
433 unsigned int i;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
436 {
437 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
438 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
439 }
440
441 return NULL;
442 }
443
444 static reloc_howto_type *
445 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
446 {
447 unsigned int i;
448
449 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
450 {
451 for (i = 0;
452 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
453 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
454 i++)
455 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
456 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
457 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
458 }
459 else
460 {
461 for (i = 0;
462 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
463 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
464 i++)
465 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
466 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
467 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
468 }
469
470 return NULL;
471 }
472
473 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
474
475 static void
476 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
477 {
478 unsigned int r;
479
480 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
481
482 if (r >= R_SH_max
483 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
484 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
485 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
486 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
487 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
488 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
489 {
490 /* xgettext:c-format */
491 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
492 abfd, r);
493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
494 r = R_SH_NONE;
495 }
496
497 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
498 }
499 \f
500 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
501 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
502 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
503 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
504 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
505 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
506 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
507 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
508 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
509
510 static bfd_boolean
511 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
512 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
513 {
514 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
515 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
516 bfd_boolean have_code;
517 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
518 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
520
521 *again = FALSE;
522
523 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
524 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
525 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
526 return TRUE;
527
528 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
529 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
530 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
531 {
532 return TRUE;
533 }
534 #endif
535
536 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
537
538 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
539 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
540 link_info->keep_memory));
541 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
542 goto error_return;
543
544 have_code = FALSE;
545
546 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
547 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
548 {
549 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
550 unsigned short insn;
551 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
552 bfd_signed_vma foff;
553
554 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
555 have_code = TRUE;
556
557 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
558 continue;
559
560 /* Get the section contents. */
561 if (contents == NULL)
562 {
563 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
564 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
565 else
566 {
567 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
568 goto error_return;
569 }
570 }
571
572 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
573 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
574 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
575 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
576 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
577 if (laddr >= sec->size)
578 {
579 /* xgettext:c-format */
580 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
581 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
582 continue;
583 }
584 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
585
586 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
587 do. */
588 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
589 {
590 _bfd_error_handler
591 /* xgettext:c-format */
592 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
593 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn);
594 continue;
595 }
596
597 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
598 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
599 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
600 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
601 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
602 on a four byte boundary. */
603 paddr = insn & 0xff;
604 paddr *= 4;
605 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
606 if (paddr >= sec->size)
607 {
608 _bfd_error_handler
609 /* xgettext:c-format */
610 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
611 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
612 continue;
613 }
614
615 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
616 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
617 actually being called. */
618 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
619 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
620 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
621 break;
622 if (irelfn >= irelend)
623 {
624 _bfd_error_handler
625 /* xgettext:c-format */
626 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
627 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
628 continue;
629 }
630
631 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
632 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
633 {
634 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
635 if (isymbuf == NULL)
636 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
637 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
638 NULL, NULL, NULL);
639 if (isymbuf == NULL)
640 goto error_return;
641 }
642
643 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
644 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
645 {
646 /* A local symbol. */
647 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
648
649 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
650 if (isym->st_shndx
651 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
652 {
653 _bfd_error_handler
654 /* xgettext:c-format */
655 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
656 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
657 continue;
658 }
659
660 symval = (isym->st_value
661 + sec->output_section->vma
662 + sec->output_offset);
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 unsigned long indx;
667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
668
669 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
670 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
671 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
672 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
673 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
674 {
675 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
676 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
677 regular reloc processing. */
678 continue;
679 }
680
681 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
682 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
683 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
684 }
685
686 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
687 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
688 else
689 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
690
691 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
692 foff = (symval
693 - (irel->r_offset
694 + sec->output_section->vma
695 + sec->output_offset
696 + 4));
697 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
698 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
699 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
700 that. */
701 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
702 {
703 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
704 continue;
705 }
706
707 /* Shorten the function call. */
708
709 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
710 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
711 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
712 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
713 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
714 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
715 the linker is run. */
716
717 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
718 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
719 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
720
721 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
722
723 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
724 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
725 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
726 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
727 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
728 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
729 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
730 the value of the symbol is not available. */
731
732 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
733 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
734 the final link phase handle it. */
735 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
736 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
737 else
738 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
739
740 irel->r_addend = -4;
741
742 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
743 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
744 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
745 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
746 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
747
748 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
749 register load. */
750 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
751 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
752 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
753 break;
754 if (irelscan < irelend)
755 {
756 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
757 and we have not yet converted that function call.
758 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
759 nothing else we can do at this point. */
760 continue;
761 }
762
763 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
764 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
765 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
766 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
767 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
768 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
769 break;
770
771 /* Delete the register load. */
772 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
773 goto error_return;
774
775 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
776 other function call to come within range, we should relax
777 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
778 *again = TRUE;
779
780 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
781 if (irelcount >= irelend)
782 {
783 _bfd_error_handler
784 /* xgettext:c-format */
785 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
786 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
787 continue;
788 }
789
790 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
791 just deleted one. */
792 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
793 {
794 /* xgettext:c-format */
795 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
796 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
797 continue;
798 }
799
800 --irelcount->r_addend;
801
802 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
803 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
804 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
805 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
806 {
807 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
808 goto error_return;
809 }
810
811 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
812 }
813
814 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
815 byte boundaries. */
816 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
817 && have_code)
818 {
819 bfd_boolean swapped;
820
821 /* Get the section contents. */
822 if (contents == NULL)
823 {
824 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
825 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
826 else
827 {
828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
829 goto error_return;
830 }
831 }
832
833 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
834 &swapped))
835 goto error_return;
836
837 if (swapped)
838 {
839 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
840 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
841 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
842 }
843 }
844
845 if (isymbuf != NULL
846 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
847 {
848 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
849 free (isymbuf);
850 else
851 {
852 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
853 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
854 }
855 }
856
857 if (contents != NULL
858 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
859 {
860 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
861 free (contents);
862 else
863 {
864 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
865 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
866 }
867 }
868
869 if (internal_relocs != NULL
870 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
871 free (internal_relocs);
872
873 return TRUE;
874
875 error_return:
876 if (isymbuf != NULL
877 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
878 free (isymbuf);
879 if (contents != NULL
880 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
881 free (contents);
882 if (internal_relocs != NULL
883 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
884 free (internal_relocs);
885
886 return FALSE;
887 }
888
889 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
890 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
891 in coff-sh.c. */
892
893 static bfd_boolean
894 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
895 int count)
896 {
897 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
898 unsigned int sec_shndx;
899 bfd_byte *contents;
900 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
901 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
902 bfd_vma toaddr;
903 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
904 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
905 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
906 unsigned int symcount;
907 asection *o;
908
909 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
910 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
911
912 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
913
914 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
915
916 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
917 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
918
919 irelalign = NULL;
920 toaddr = sec->size;
921
922 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
923 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
924 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
925 {
926 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
927 && irel->r_offset > addr
928 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
929 {
930 irelalign = irel;
931 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
932 break;
933 }
934 }
935
936 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
937 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
938 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
939 if (irelalign == NULL)
940 sec->size -= count;
941 else
942 {
943 int i;
944
945 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
946
947 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
948 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
949 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
950 }
951
952 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
953 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
954 {
955 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
956 bfd_vma start = 0;
957 int insn = 0;
958 int off, adjust, oinsn;
959 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
960 bfd_boolean overflow;
961
962 /* Get the new reloc address. */
963 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
964 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
965 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
966 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
967 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
968 nraddr -= count;
969
970 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
971 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
972 represent addresses, though. */
973 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
974 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
975 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
976 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
977 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
978 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
979 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
980 (int) R_SH_NONE);
981
982 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
983 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
984 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
985 {
986 default:
987 break;
988
989 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
990 case R_SH_IND12W:
991 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
992 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
993 start = irel->r_offset;
994 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
995 break;
996 }
997
998 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
999 {
1000 default:
1001 start = stop = addr;
1002 break;
1003
1004 case R_SH_DIR32:
1005 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
1006 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
1007 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
1008 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
1009 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1010 {
1011 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1012 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1013 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1014 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1015 {
1016 bfd_vma val;
1017
1018 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1019 {
1020 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1021 val += isym->st_value;
1022 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1023 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1024 }
1025 else
1026 {
1027 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1028 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1029 irel->r_addend -= count;
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 start = stop = addr;
1034 break;
1035
1036 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1037 off = insn & 0xff;
1038 if (off & 0x80)
1039 off -= 0x100;
1040 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1041 break;
1042
1043 case R_SH_IND12W:
1044 off = insn & 0xfff;
1045 if (! off)
1046 {
1047 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1048 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1049 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1050 start = stop = addr;
1051 }
1052 else
1053 {
1054 if (off & 0x800)
1055 off -= 0x1000;
1056 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1057
1058 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1059 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1060 start of the section.
1061 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1062 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1063 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1064 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1065 irel->r_addend -= count;
1066 }
1067 break;
1068
1069 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1070 off = insn & 0xff;
1071 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1072 break;
1073
1074 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1075 off = insn & 0xff;
1076 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1077 break;
1078
1079 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1080 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1081 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1082 /* These relocs types represent
1083 .word L2-L1
1084 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1085 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1086 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1087 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1088 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1089 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1090
1091 stop = irel->r_offset;
1092 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1093
1094 if (start > addr
1095 && start < toaddr
1096 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1097 irel->r_addend += count;
1098 else if (stop > addr
1099 && stop < toaddr
1100 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1101 irel->r_addend -= count;
1102
1103 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1104 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1105 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1106 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1107 else
1108 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1109 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1110
1111 break;
1112
1113 case R_SH_USES:
1114 start = irel->r_offset;
1115 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1116 + (long) irel->r_addend
1117 + 4);
1118 break;
1119 }
1120
1121 if (start > addr
1122 && start < toaddr
1123 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1124 adjust = count;
1125 else if (stop > addr
1126 && stop < toaddr
1127 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1128 adjust = - count;
1129 else
1130 adjust = 0;
1131
1132 if (adjust != 0)
1133 {
1134 oinsn = insn;
1135 overflow = FALSE;
1136 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1137 {
1138 default:
1139 abort ();
1140 break;
1141
1142 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1143 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1144 insn += adjust / 2;
1145 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1146 overflow = TRUE;
1147 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1148 break;
1149
1150 case R_SH_IND12W:
1151 insn += adjust / 2;
1152 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1153 overflow = TRUE;
1154 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1155 break;
1156
1157 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1158 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1159 if (count >= 4)
1160 insn += adjust / 4;
1161 else
1162 {
1163 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1164 ++insn;
1165 }
1166 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1167 overflow = TRUE;
1168 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1170
1171 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1172 voff += adjust;
1173 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1174 overflow = TRUE;
1175 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1176 break;
1177
1178 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1179 voff += adjust;
1180 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1181 overflow = TRUE;
1182 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1183 break;
1184
1185 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1186 voff += adjust;
1187 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1188 break;
1189
1190 case R_SH_USES:
1191 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1192 break;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (overflow)
1196 {
1197 _bfd_error_handler
1198 /* xgettext:c-format */
1199 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1200 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
1201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1202 return FALSE;
1203 }
1204 }
1205
1206 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1210 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1211 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1212 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1213 {
1214 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1215 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1216 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1217
1218 if (o == sec
1219 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1220 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1221 continue;
1222
1223 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1224 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1225 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1226 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1227 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1228 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1229 return FALSE;
1230
1231 ocontents = NULL;
1232 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1233 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1234 {
1235 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1236 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1237 {
1238 bfd_vma start, stop;
1239 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1240
1241 if (ocontents == NULL)
1242 {
1243 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1244 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1245 else
1246 {
1247 /* We always cache the section contents.
1248 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1249 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1250 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1251 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1252 {
1253 if (ocontents != NULL)
1254 free (ocontents);
1255 return FALSE;
1256 }
1257
1258 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1259 }
1260 }
1261
1262 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1263 start
1264 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1265
1266 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1267 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1268 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1269
1270 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1271 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1272
1273 if (start > addr
1274 && start < toaddr
1275 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1276 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1277 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1278 else if (stop > addr
1279 && stop < toaddr
1280 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1281 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1282 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1283 }
1284
1285 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1286 continue;
1287
1288 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1289 continue;
1290
1291
1292 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1293 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1294 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1295 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1296 {
1297 bfd_vma val;
1298
1299 if (ocontents == NULL)
1300 {
1301 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1302 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We always cache the section contents.
1306 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1307 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1308 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1309 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1310 {
1311 if (ocontents != NULL)
1312 free (ocontents);
1313 return FALSE;
1314 }
1315
1316 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1317 }
1318 }
1319
1320 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1321 val += isym->st_value;
1322 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1323 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1324 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1325 }
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1330 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1331 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1332 {
1333 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1334 && isym->st_value > addr
1335 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1336 isym->st_value -= count;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1340 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1341 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1342 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1343 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1344 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1345 {
1346 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1347 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1348 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1349 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1350 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1351 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1352 {
1353 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1354 }
1355 }
1356
1357 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1358 r_offset for it already. */
1359 if (irelalign != NULL)
1360 {
1361 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1362
1363 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1364 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1365 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1366 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1367 {
1368 /* Tail recursion. */
1369 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1370 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1371 }
1372 }
1373
1374 return TRUE;
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1378 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1379
1380 static bfd_boolean
1381 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1382 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1383 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1384 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1385 {
1386 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1387 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1388 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1389 bfd_size_type amt;
1390
1391 *pswapped = FALSE;
1392
1393 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1394
1395 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1396 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1397 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1398 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1399 if (labels == NULL)
1400 goto error_return;
1401 label_end = labels;
1402 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1403 {
1404 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1405 {
1406 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1407 ++label_end;
1408 }
1409 }
1410
1411 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1412 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1413 the label values and the relocs. */
1414
1415 label = labels;
1416
1417 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1418 {
1419 bfd_vma start, stop;
1420
1421 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1422 continue;
1423
1424 start = irel->r_offset;
1425
1426 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1427 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1428 break;
1429 if (irel < irelend)
1430 stop = irel->r_offset;
1431 else
1432 stop = sec->size;
1433
1434 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1435 internal_relocs, &label,
1436 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1437 goto error_return;
1438 }
1439
1440 free (labels);
1441
1442 return TRUE;
1443
1444 error_return:
1445 if (labels != NULL)
1446 free (labels);
1447 return FALSE;
1448 }
1449
1450 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1451 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1452
1453 static bfd_boolean
1454 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1455 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1456 {
1457 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1458 unsigned short i1, i2;
1459 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1460
1461 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1462 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1463 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1464 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1465 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1466
1467 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1468 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1469 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1470 {
1471 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1472 int add;
1473
1474 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1475 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1476 but are only associated with the address. */
1477 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1478 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1479 || type == R_SH_CODE
1480 || type == R_SH_DATA
1481 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1482 continue;
1483
1484 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1485 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1486 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1487 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1488 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1489 instruction it shouldn't). */
1490 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1491 {
1492 bfd_vma off;
1493
1494 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1495 if (off == addr)
1496 irel->r_offset += 2;
1497 else if (off == addr + 2)
1498 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1499 }
1500
1501 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1502 {
1503 irel->r_offset += 2;
1504 add = -2;
1505 }
1506 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1507 {
1508 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1509 add = 2;
1510 }
1511 else
1512 add = 0;
1513
1514 if (add != 0)
1515 {
1516 bfd_byte *loc;
1517 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1518 bfd_boolean overflow;
1519
1520 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1521 overflow = FALSE;
1522 switch (type)
1523 {
1524 default:
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1528 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1529 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1530 oinsn = insn;
1531 insn += add / 2;
1532 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1533 overflow = TRUE;
1534 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1535 break;
1536
1537 case R_SH_IND12W:
1538 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1539 oinsn = insn;
1540 insn += add / 2;
1541 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1542 overflow = TRUE;
1543 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1544 break;
1545
1546 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1547 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1548 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1549 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1550 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1551 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1552 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1553 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1554 {
1555 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1556 oinsn = insn;
1557 insn += add / 2;
1558 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1559 overflow = TRUE;
1560 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1561 }
1562
1563 break;
1564 }
1565
1566 if (overflow)
1567 {
1568 _bfd_error_handler
1569 /* xgettext:c-format */
1570 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1571 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
1572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1573 return FALSE;
1574 }
1575 }
1576 }
1577
1578 return TRUE;
1579 }
1580 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1581 \f
1582 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1583
1584 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1585 {
1586 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1587 first entry. */
1588 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1589
1590 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1591 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1592
1593 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1594 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1595 if there is no such pointer. */
1596 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1597
1598 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1599 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1600
1601 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1602 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1603
1604 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1605 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1606 that the field must hold. */
1607 struct {
1608 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1609 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1610 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1611 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1612 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1613 entry). */
1614 } symbol_fields;
1615
1616 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1617 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1618
1619 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1620 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1621 other cases. */
1622 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1623 };
1624
1625 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1626
1627 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1628
1629 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1630
1631 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1642 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1643 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1644 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1645 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1646 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1647 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1648 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1649 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1650 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1654 {
1655 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1656 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1657 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1658 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1659 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1660 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1661 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1662 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1663 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1664 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1665 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1666 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1667 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1668 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1669 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1670 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1671 };
1672
1673 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1674 this. */
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1684 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1685 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1686 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1693 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1697 {
1698 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1699 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1700 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1701 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1702 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1703 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1704 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1705 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1706 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1707 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1708 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1709 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1710 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1711 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1712 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1713 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1714 };
1715
1716 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1726 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1727 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1728 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1739 {
1740 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1741 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1742 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1743 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1744 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1745 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1746 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1747 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1748 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1749 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1750 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1751 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1752 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1753 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1754 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1755 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1756 };
1757
1758 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1759 {
1760 {
1761 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1762 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1763 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1764 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1765 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1768 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1769 NULL
1770 },
1771 {
1772 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1773 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1774 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1775 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1776 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1779 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1780 NULL
1781 },
1782 },
1783 {
1784 {
1785 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1786 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1787 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1788 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1789 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1790 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1791 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1792 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1793 NULL
1794 },
1795 {
1796 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1797 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1798 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1799 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1800 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1801 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1802 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1803 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1804 NULL
1805 },
1806 }
1807 };
1808
1809 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1810 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1811
1812 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1813 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1814 not data.
1815
1816 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1817
1818 inline static void
1819 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1820 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1821 {
1822 value |= code_p;
1823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1824 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1825 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1826 addr);
1827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1828 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1829 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1830 addr + 4);
1831 }
1832
1833 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1834 the object is position-independent. */
1835
1836 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1837 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1838 {
1839 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1840 }
1841 #else
1842 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1843
1844 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1845
1846 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1847
1848 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1849 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1850 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1851 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1852 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1853 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1854 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1855 greater than or equal to 12. */
1856 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1857 {
1858 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1859 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1860 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1861 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1862 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1863 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1864 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1865 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1866 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1867 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1868 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1869 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1870 };
1871
1872 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1873 {
1874 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1875 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1876 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1877 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1878 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1879 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1881 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1882 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1883 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1884 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1885 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1886 };
1887
1888 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1889 this. */
1890
1891 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1892 {
1893 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1894 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1895 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1896 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1897 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1898 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1899 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1900 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1901 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1902 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1903 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1904 };
1905
1906 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1907 {
1908 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1909 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1910 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1911 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1913 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1914 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1915 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1917 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1918 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1919 };
1920
1921 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1922
1923 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1924 {
1925 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1926 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1927 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1929 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1930 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1931 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1932 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1933 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1934 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1935 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1936 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1937 };
1938
1939 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1940 {
1941 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1942 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1943 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1944 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1945 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1946 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1947 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1948 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1949 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1950 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1951 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1952 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1953 };
1954
1955 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1956 {
1957 {
1958 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1959 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1960 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1961 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1962 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1965 8,
1966 NULL
1967 },
1968 {
1969 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1970 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1971 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1972 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1973 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1976 8,
1977 NULL
1978 },
1979 },
1980 {
1981 {
1982 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1983 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1984 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1985 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1986 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1987 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1988 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1989 8,
1990 NULL
1991 },
1992 {
1993 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1994 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1995 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1996 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1997 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1998 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1999 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
2000 8,
2001 NULL
2002 },
2003 }
2004 };
2005
2006 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
2007 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2008
2009 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2010 {
2011 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2012 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2013 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2014 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2015 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2016 };
2017
2018 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2019 {
2020 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2021 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2022 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2023 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2024 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2025 };
2026
2027 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2028 {
2029 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2030 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2031 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2032 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2033 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2034 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2035 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2036 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2037 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2038 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2039 };
2040
2041 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2042 {
2043 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2044 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2045 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2046 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2047 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2048 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2049 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2050 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2051 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2052 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2053 };
2054
2055 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2056 {
2057 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2058 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2059 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2060 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2061 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2062 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2063 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2064 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2065 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2066 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2067 };
2068
2069 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2070 {
2071 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2072 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2073 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2074 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2075 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2076 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2077 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2078 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2079 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2080 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2081 };
2082
2083 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2084 {
2085 {
2086 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2087 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2088 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2089 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2090 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2091 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2092 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2093 12,
2094 NULL
2095 },
2096 {
2097 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2098 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2099 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2100 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2101 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2102 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2103 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2104 12,
2105 NULL
2106 },
2107 },
2108 {
2109 {
2110 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2111 NULL,
2112 0,
2113 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2114 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2115 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2116 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2117 12,
2118 NULL
2119 },
2120 {
2121 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2122 NULL,
2123 0,
2124 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2125 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2126 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2127 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2128 12,
2129 NULL
2130 },
2131 }
2132 };
2133
2134 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2135 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2136 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2137 cache behavior. */
2138
2139 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2140 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2141
2142 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2143 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2144 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2145 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2146 stubs separately. */
2147
2148 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2149 {
2150 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2151 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2152 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2153 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2154 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2155 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2156 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2157 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2158 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2159 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2160 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2161 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2162 };
2163
2164 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2165 {
2166 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2167 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2168 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2169 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2170 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2171 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2172 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2173 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2174 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2175 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2176 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2177 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2178 };
2179
2180 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2181 {
2182 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2183 NULL,
2184 0,
2185 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2186 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2187 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2188 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2189 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2190 NULL
2191 },
2192 {
2193 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2194 NULL,
2195 0,
2196 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2197 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2198 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2199 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2200 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2201 NULL
2202 },
2203 };
2204
2205 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2206 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2207 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2208 but would not be any smaller. */
2209
2210 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2211 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2212
2213 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2214 {
2215 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2216 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2217 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2218 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2219 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2220 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2221 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2222 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2223 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2224 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2225 };
2226
2227 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2228 {
2229 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2230 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2231 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2232 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2233 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2234 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2235 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2236 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2237 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2238 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2239 };
2240
2241 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2242 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2243 NULL,
2244 0,
2245 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2246 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2247 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2248 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2249 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2250 NULL
2251 };
2252
2253 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2254 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2255 NULL,
2256 0,
2257 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2258 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2259 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2260 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2261 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2262 NULL
2263 };
2264
2265 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2266 {
2267 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2268 NULL,
2269 0,
2270 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2271 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2272 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2273 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2274 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2275 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2276 },
2277 {
2278 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2279 NULL,
2280 0,
2281 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2282 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2283 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2284 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2285 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2286 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2287 },
2288 };
2289
2290 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2291 the object is position-independent. */
2292
2293 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2294 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2295 {
2296 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2297 {
2298 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2299 sequence. */
2300 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2301 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2302 else
2303 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2304 }
2305 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2306 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2307 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2308 }
2309
2310 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2311 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2312 not data. */
2313
2314 inline static void
2315 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2316 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2317 {
2318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2319 }
2320 #endif
2321
2322 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2323 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2324 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2326 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2327
2328 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2329
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2332 {
2333 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2334
2335 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2339 {
2340 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2347 }
2348
2349 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2350
2351 static bfd_vma
2352 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2353 {
2354 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2355
2356 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2357 {
2358 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2359 {
2360 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2361 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2362 }
2363 else
2364 info = info->short_plt;
2365 }
2366 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2367 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2368 }
2369
2370 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2371 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2372 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2373 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2374 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2375
2376 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2377 {
2378 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2379
2380 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2381 asection *sec;
2382
2383 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2384 bfd_size_type count;
2385
2386 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2387 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2388 };
2389
2390 union gotref
2391 {
2392 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2393 bfd_vma offset;
2394 };
2395
2396 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2397
2398 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2399 {
2400 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2401
2402 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2403 union
2404 {
2405 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2406 bfd_vma offset;
2407 } datalabel_got;
2408 #endif
2409
2410 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2411 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2412
2413 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2414
2415 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2416 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2417 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2418 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2419 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2420 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2421 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2422 descriptor will be canonical. */
2423 union gotref funcdesc;
2424
2425 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2426 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2427 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2428
2429 enum got_type {
2430 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2431 } got_type;
2432 };
2433
2434 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2435
2436 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2437 {
2438 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2439
2440 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2441 char *local_got_type;
2442
2443 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2444 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2445 };
2446
2447 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2448 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2449
2450 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2451 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2452
2453 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2454 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2455
2456 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2457 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2458 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2459 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2460
2461 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2462 as the specific tdata. */
2463
2464 static bfd_boolean
2465 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2466 {
2467 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2468 SH_ELF_DATA);
2469 }
2470
2471 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2472
2473 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2474 {
2475 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2476
2477 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2478 asection *sdynbss;
2479 asection *srelbss;
2480 asection *sfuncdesc;
2481 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2482 asection *srofixup;
2483
2484 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2485 asection *srelplt2;
2486
2487 /* Small local sym cache. */
2488 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2489
2490 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2491 union
2492 {
2493 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2494 bfd_vma offset;
2495 } tls_ldm_got;
2496
2497 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2498 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2499
2500 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2501 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2502
2503 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2504 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2505 };
2506
2507 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2508
2509 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2510 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2511 (&(table)->root, \
2512 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2513 (info)))
2514
2515 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2516
2517 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2518 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2519 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2520
2521 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2522
2523 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2524 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2525 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2526 const char *string)
2527 {
2528 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2529 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2530
2531 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2532 subclass. */
2533 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2534 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2535 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2536 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2537 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2538 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2539
2540 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2541 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2542 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2543 table, string));
2544 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2545 {
2546 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2547 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2548 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2549 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2550 #endif
2551 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2552 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2553 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2554 }
2555
2556 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2557 }
2558
2559 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2560
2561 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2562 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2563 {
2564 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2565 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2566
2567 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2568 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2569 return NULL;
2570
2571 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2572 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2573 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2574 SH_ELF_DATA))
2575 {
2576 free (ret);
2577 return NULL;
2578 }
2579
2580 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2581 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2582
2583 return &ret->root.root;
2584 }
2585
2586 static bfd_boolean
2587 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2588 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2589 {
2590 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2591
2592 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2593 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2594 return TRUE;
2595
2596 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2597 relocate independently. */
2598 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2599 {
2600 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2601 case SHT_NOBITS:
2602 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2603 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2604 case SHT_NULL:
2605 return FALSE;
2606
2607 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2608 against any other section. */
2609 default:
2610 return TRUE;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2615 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2616
2617 static bfd_boolean
2618 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2619 {
2620 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2621
2622 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2623 return FALSE;
2624
2625 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2626 if (htab == NULL)
2627 return FALSE;
2628
2629 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2630 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2631 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2632 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2633 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2634 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2635 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2636 return FALSE;
2637
2638 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2639 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2640 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2641 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2642 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2643 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2644 | SEC_READONLY));
2645 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2646 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2647 return FALSE;
2648
2649 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2650 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2651 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2652 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2653 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2654 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2655 | SEC_READONLY));
2656 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2657 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2658 return FALSE;
2659
2660 return TRUE;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2664
2665 static bfd_boolean
2666 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2667 {
2668 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2669 flagword flags, pltflags;
2670 asection *s;
2671 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2672 int ptralign = 0;
2673
2674 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2675 {
2676 case 32:
2677 ptralign = 2;
2678 break;
2679
2680 case 64:
2681 ptralign = 3;
2682 break;
2683
2684 default:
2685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2686 return FALSE;
2687 }
2688
2689 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2690 if (htab == NULL)
2691 return FALSE;
2692
2693 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2694 return TRUE;
2695
2696 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2697 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2698
2699 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2700 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2701
2702 pltflags = flags;
2703 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2704 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2705 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2706 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2707 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2708
2709 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2710 htab->root.splt = s;
2711 if (s == NULL
2712 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2713 return FALSE;
2714
2715 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2716 {
2717 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2718 .plt section. */
2719 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2720 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2721
2722 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2723 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2724 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2725 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2726 return FALSE;
2727
2728 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2729 h->def_regular = 1;
2730 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2731 htab->root.hplt = h;
2732
2733 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2734 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2735 return FALSE;
2736 }
2737
2738 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2739 bed->default_use_rela_p
2740 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742 htab->root.srelplt = s;
2743 if (s == NULL
2744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745 return FALSE;
2746
2747 if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
2748 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749 return FALSE;
2750
2751 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2752 {
2753 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2754 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2755 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2756 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2757 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2758 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2759 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2760 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2761 htab->sdynbss = s;
2762 if (s == NULL)
2763 return FALSE;
2764
2765 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2766 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2767 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2768 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2769 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2770 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2771 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2772 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2773 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2774 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2775 copy relocs. */
2776 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2777 {
2778 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2779 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2780 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2781 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2782 htab->srelbss = s;
2783 if (s == NULL
2784 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2785 return FALSE;
2786 }
2787 }
2788
2789 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2790 {
2791 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2792 return FALSE;
2793 }
2794
2795 return TRUE;
2796 }
2797 \f
2798 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2799 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2800 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2801 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2802 understand. */
2803
2804 static bfd_boolean
2805 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2806 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2807 {
2808 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2809 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2810 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2811 asection *s;
2812
2813 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2814 if (htab == NULL)
2815 return FALSE;
2816
2817 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2818 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2819 && (h->needs_plt
2820 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2821 || (h->def_dynamic
2822 && h->ref_regular
2823 && !h->def_regular)));
2824
2825 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2826 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2827 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2828 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2829 || h->needs_plt)
2830 {
2831 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2832 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2833 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2834 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2835 {
2836 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2837 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2838 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2839 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2840 reloc instead. */
2841 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2842 h->needs_plt = 0;
2843 }
2844
2845 return TRUE;
2846 }
2847 else
2848 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2849
2850 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2851 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2852 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2853 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2854 {
2855 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2856 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2857 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2858 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2859 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2860 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2861 return TRUE;
2862 }
2863
2864 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2865 is not a function. */
2866
2867 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2868 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2869 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2870 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2871 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2872 return TRUE;
2873
2874 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2875 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2876 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2877 return TRUE;
2878
2879 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2880 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2881 {
2882 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2883 return TRUE;
2884 }
2885
2886 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2887 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2888 {
2889 s = p->sec->output_section;
2890 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2891 break;
2892 }
2893
2894 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2895 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2896 the copy reloc. */
2897 if (p == NULL)
2898 {
2899 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2900 return TRUE;
2901 }
2902
2903 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2904 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2905 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2906 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2907 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2908 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2909 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2910 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2911 same memory location for the variable. */
2912
2913 s = htab->sdynbss;
2914 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2915
2916 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2917 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2918 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2919 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2920 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2921 {
2922 asection *srel;
2923
2924 srel = htab->srelbss;
2925 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2926 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2927 h->needs_copy = 1;
2928 }
2929
2930 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2931 }
2932
2933 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2934 dynamic relocs. */
2935
2936 static bfd_boolean
2937 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2938 {
2939 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2940 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2941 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2942 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2943
2944 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2945 return TRUE;
2946
2947 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2948 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2949 if (htab == NULL)
2950 return FALSE;
2951
2952 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2953 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2954 || h->forced_local)
2955 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2956 {
2957 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2958 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2959 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2960 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2961 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2962 }
2963
2964 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2965 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2966 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2967 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2968 {
2969 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2970 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2971 if (h->dynindx == -1
2972 && !h->forced_local)
2973 {
2974 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2975 return FALSE;
2976 }
2977
2978 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2979 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2980 {
2981 asection *s = htab->root.splt;
2982 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2983
2984 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2985 first entry. */
2986 if (s->size == 0)
2987 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2988
2989 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2990
2991 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2992 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2993 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2994 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2995 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2996 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2997 function descriptor. */
2998 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
2999 {
3000 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3001 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3002 }
3003
3004 /* Make room for this entry. */
3005 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3006 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3007 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3008 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3009 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3010
3011 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3012 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3013 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3014 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
3015 else
3016 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
3017
3018 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3019 htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3020
3021 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3022 {
3023 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3024 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3025 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3026
3027 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3028 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3029 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3030 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3031
3032 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3033 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3034 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3035 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3036 }
3037 }
3038 else
3039 {
3040 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3041 h->needs_plt = 0;
3042 }
3043 }
3044 else
3045 {
3046 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3047 h->needs_plt = 0;
3048 }
3049
3050 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3051 {
3052 asection *s;
3053 bfd_boolean dyn;
3054 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3055
3056 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3057 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3058 if (h->dynindx == -1
3059 && !h->forced_local)
3060 {
3061 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3062 return FALSE;
3063 }
3064
3065 s = htab->root.sgot;
3066 h->got.offset = s->size;
3067 s->size += 4;
3068 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3069 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3070 s->size += 4;
3071 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3072 if (!dyn)
3073 {
3074 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3075 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3076 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3077 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3078 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3079 }
3080 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3081 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3082 && !h->def_dynamic
3083 && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3084 ;
3085 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3086 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3087 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3088 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3089 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3090 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3091 htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3092 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3093 {
3094 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3095 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3096 else
3097 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3098 }
3099 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3100 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3101 && (bfd_link_pic (info)
3102 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3103 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3104 else if (htab->fdpic_p
3105 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3106 && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3107 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3108 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3109 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3110 }
3111 else
3112 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3113
3114 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3115 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3116 {
3117 asection *s;
3118 bfd_boolean dyn;
3119
3120 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3121 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3122 if (h->dynindx == -1
3123 && !h->forced_local)
3124 {
3125 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3126 return FALSE;
3127 }
3128
3129 s = htab->root.sgot;
3130 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3131 s->size += 4;
3132 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3133 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h))
3134 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3135 }
3136 else
3137 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3138 #endif
3139
3140 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3141 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3142 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3143 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3144 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3145 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3146 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3147 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3148 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3149 {
3150 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3151 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3152 else
3153 htab->root.srelgot->size
3154 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3155 }
3156
3157 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3158 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3159 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3160 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3161 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3162 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3163 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3164 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3165 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3166 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3167 {
3168 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3169 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3170 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3171
3172 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3173 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3174 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3175 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3176 else
3177 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3178 }
3179
3180 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3181 return TRUE;
3182
3183 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3184 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3185 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3186 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3187 visibility changes. */
3188
3189 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3190 {
3191 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3192 {
3193 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3194
3195 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3196 {
3197 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3198 p->pc_count = 0;
3199 if (p->count == 0)
3200 *pp = p->next;
3201 else
3202 pp = &p->next;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3207 {
3208 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3209
3210 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3211 {
3212 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3213 *pp = p->next;
3214 else
3215 pp = &p->next;
3216 }
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3220 visibility. */
3221 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3222 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3223 {
3224 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3225 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3226
3227 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3228 symbol in PIEs. */
3229 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3230 && !h->forced_local)
3231 {
3232 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3233 return FALSE;
3234 }
3235 }
3236 }
3237 else
3238 {
3239 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3240 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3241 dynamic. */
3242
3243 if (!h->non_got_ref
3244 && ((h->def_dynamic
3245 && !h->def_regular)
3246 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3247 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3248 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3249 {
3250 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3251 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3252 if (h->dynindx == -1
3253 && !h->forced_local)
3254 {
3255 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3256 return FALSE;
3257 }
3258
3259 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3260 relocs. */
3261 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3262 goto keep;
3263 }
3264
3265 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3266
3267 keep: ;
3268 }
3269
3270 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3271 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3272 {
3273 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3274 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3275
3276 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3277 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3278 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3279 }
3280
3281 return TRUE;
3282 }
3283
3284 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3285
3286 static bfd_boolean
3287 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3288 {
3289 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3290 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3291
3292 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3293 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3294 {
3295 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3296
3297 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3298 {
3299 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3300
3301 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3302
3303 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3304 return FALSE;
3305 }
3306 }
3307 return TRUE;
3308 }
3309
3310 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3311 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3312 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3313
3314 static bfd_boolean
3315 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3316 {
3317 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
3318 bfd_link_pic (info));
3319
3320 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3321 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3322 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3323 return FALSE;
3324 return TRUE;
3325 }
3326
3327 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3328
3329 static bfd_boolean
3330 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3331 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3332 {
3333 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3334 bfd *dynobj;
3335 asection *s;
3336 bfd_boolean relocs;
3337 bfd *ibfd;
3338
3339 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3340 if (htab == NULL)
3341 return FALSE;
3342
3343 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3344 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3345
3346 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3347 {
3348 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3349 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3350 {
3351 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3352 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3353 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3354 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3355 }
3356 }
3357
3358 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3359 relocs. */
3360 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3361 {
3362 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3363 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3364 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3365 char *local_got_type;
3366 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3367 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3368 asection *srel;
3369
3370 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3371 continue;
3372
3373 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3374 {
3375 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3376
3377 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3378 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3379 p != NULL;
3380 p = p->next)
3381 {
3382 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3383 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3384 {
3385 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3386 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3387 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3388 the relocs too. */
3389 }
3390 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3391 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3392 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3393 {
3394 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3395 handled specially by the loader. */
3396 }
3397 else if (p->count != 0)
3398 {
3399 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3400 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3401 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3402 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3403
3404 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3405 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3406 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3407 }
3408 }
3409 }
3410
3411 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3412 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3413 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3414 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3415 locsymcount *= 2;
3416 #endif
3417 s = htab->root.sgot;
3418 srel = htab->root.srelgot;
3419
3420 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3421 if (local_got)
3422 {
3423 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3424 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3425 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3426 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3427 {
3428 if (*local_got > 0)
3429 {
3430 *local_got = s->size;
3431 s->size += 4;
3432 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3433 s->size += 4;
3434 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3435 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3436 else
3437 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3438
3439 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3440 {
3441 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3442 {
3443 bfd_size_type size;
3444
3445 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3446 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3447 size);
3448 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3449 return FALSE;
3450 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3451 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3452 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3453 }
3454 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3455 ++local_funcdesc;
3456 }
3457 }
3458 else
3459 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3460 ++local_got_type;
3461 }
3462 }
3463
3464 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3465 if (local_funcdesc)
3466 {
3467 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3468
3469 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3470 {
3471 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3472 {
3473 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3474 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3475 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3476 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3477 else
3478 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3479 }
3480 else
3481 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3482 }
3483 }
3484
3485 }
3486
3487 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3488 {
3489 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3490 relocs. */
3491 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
3492 htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
3493 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3494 }
3495 else
3496 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3497
3498 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3499 the end of .got.plt. */
3500 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3501 {
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
3503 htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
3504 }
3505
3506 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3507 sym dynamic relocs. */
3508 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3509
3510 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3511 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3512 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3513 {
3514 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
3515 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
3516 }
3517
3518 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3519 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3520 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3521
3522 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3523 Allocate memory for them. */
3524 relocs = FALSE;
3525 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3526 {
3527 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3528 continue;
3529
3530 if (s == htab->root.splt
3531 || s == htab->root.sgot
3532 || s == htab->root.sgotplt
3533 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3534 || s == htab->srofixup
3535 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3536 {
3537 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3538 comment below. */
3539 }
3540 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3541 {
3542 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3543 relocs = TRUE;
3544
3545 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3546 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3547 s->reloc_count = 0;
3548 }
3549 else
3550 {
3551 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3552 continue;
3553 }
3554
3555 if (s->size == 0)
3556 {
3557 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3558 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3559 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3560 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3561 before the linker maps input sections to output
3562 sections. The linker does that before
3563 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3564 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3565 into these sections. */
3566
3567 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3568 continue;
3569 }
3570
3571 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3572 continue;
3573
3574 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3575 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3576 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3577 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3578 of garbage. */
3579 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3580 if (s->contents == NULL)
3581 return FALSE;
3582 }
3583
3584 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3585 {
3586 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3587 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3588 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3589 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3590 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3591 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3592 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3593
3594 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3595 {
3596 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3597 return FALSE;
3598 }
3599
3600 if (htab->root.splt->size != 0)
3601 {
3602 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3603 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3604 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3605 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3606 return FALSE;
3607 }
3608 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
3609 {
3610 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3611 return FALSE;
3612 }
3613
3614 if (relocs)
3615 {
3616 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3617 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3618 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3619 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3620 return FALSE;
3621
3622 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3623 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3624 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3625 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3626
3627 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3628 {
3629 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3630 return FALSE;
3631 }
3632 }
3633 if (htab->vxworks_p
3634 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3635 return FALSE;
3636 }
3637 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3638
3639 return TRUE;
3640 }
3641 \f
3642 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3643
3644 inline static bfd_vma
3645 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3646 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3647 {
3648 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3649 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3650
3651 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3652 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3653 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3654
3655 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3656 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3657 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3658 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3659 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3660
3661 return reloc_offset;
3662 }
3663
3664 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3665
3666 inline static void
3667 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3668 {
3669 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3670
3671 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3672 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3673 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3674 }
3675
3676 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3677 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3678
3679 static bfd_signed_vma
3680 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3681 {
3682 return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3683 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3684 }
3685
3686 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3687 located. */
3688
3689 static unsigned
3690 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3691 {
3692 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3693
3694 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3695 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3696 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3697 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3698
3699 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3700 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3701 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3702 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3703 }
3704
3705 static bfd_boolean
3706 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3707 {
3708 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3709
3710 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3711 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3715 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3716 static bfd_boolean
3717 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3718 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3719 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3720 bfd_vma offset,
3721 asection *section,
3722 bfd_vma value)
3723 {
3724 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3725 int dynindx;
3726 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3727
3728 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3729
3730 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3731 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3732 go in the reloc instead... */
3733
3734 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3735 {
3736 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3737 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3738 }
3739
3740 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3741 {
3742 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3743 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3744 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3745 }
3746 else
3747 {
3748 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3749 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3750 addr = seg = 0;
3751 }
3752
3753 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3754 {
3755 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3756 {
3757 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3758 offset
3759 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3760 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3761 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3762 offset + 4
3763 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3764 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3765 }
3766
3767 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3768 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3769 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3770 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3771 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3772 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3773 }
3774 else
3775 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3776 offset
3777 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3778 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3779 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3780
3781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3783
3784 return TRUE;
3785 }
3786
3787 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3788 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3789 otherwise. */
3790
3791 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3792 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3793 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3794 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3795 {
3796 unsigned long cur_val;
3797 bfd_byte *addr;
3798 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3799
3800 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3801 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3802
3803 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3804 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3805 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3806 return r;
3807
3808 addr = contents + offset;
3809 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3810 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3811 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3812
3813 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3814 }
3815
3816 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3817
3818 static bfd_boolean
3819 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3820 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3821 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3822 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3823 asection **local_sections)
3824 {
3825 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3826 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3827 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3828 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3829 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3830 asection *sgot = NULL;
3831 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3832 asection *splt = NULL;
3833 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3834 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3835 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3836 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3837 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3838
3839 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3840
3841 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3842 if (htab != NULL)
3843 {
3844 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3845 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
3846 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
3847 splt = htab->root.splt;
3848 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3849 }
3850 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3851 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3852 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3853
3854 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3855 input_section->output_section);
3856 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3857 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3858 sgot->output_section);
3859 else
3860 got_segment = -1;
3861 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3862 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3863 splt->output_section);
3864 else
3865 plt_segment = -1;
3866
3867 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3868 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3869 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
3870 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3871 ".tls_vars"));
3872
3873 rel = relocs;
3874 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3875 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3876 {
3877 int r_type;
3878 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3879 unsigned long r_symndx;
3880 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3881 asection *sec;
3882 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3883 bfd_vma relocation;
3884 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3885 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3886 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3887 bfd_vma off;
3888 enum got_type got_type;
3889 const char *symname = NULL;
3890
3891 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3892
3893 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3894
3895 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3896 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3897 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3898 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3899 continue;
3900 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3901 continue;
3902
3903 if (r_type < 0
3904 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3905 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3906 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3907 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3908 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3909 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3910 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3911 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3912 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3913 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3914 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3915 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3916 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3917 {
3918 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3919 return FALSE;
3920 }
3921
3922 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3923
3924 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3925 the relocation. */
3926 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3927 addend = rel->r_addend;
3928
3929 h = NULL;
3930 sym = NULL;
3931 sec = NULL;
3932 check_segment[0] = -1;
3933 check_segment[1] = -1;
3934 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3935 {
3936 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3937 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3938
3939 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3940 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3941 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3942 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3943
3944 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3945 + sec->output_offset
3946 + sym->st_value);
3947 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3948 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3949 without notice. */
3950 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3951 (*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3952 (info,
3953 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3954 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
3955
3956 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3957 /* Handled below. */
3958 ;
3959 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3960 {
3961 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3962 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3963 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3964 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3965 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3966 {
3967 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3968 {
3969 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3970 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3971 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3972 code is mostly for completeness. */
3973 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3974
3975 continue;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3979 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3980 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3981 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3982 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3983 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3984 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3985 final link. */
3986 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3987 sec->output_offset
3988 + sym->st_value,
3989 contents + rel->r_offset);
3990 goto relocation_done;
3991 }
3992
3993 continue;
3994 }
3995 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3996 {
3997 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3998 addend = rel->r_addend;
3999 }
4000 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4001 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4002 {
4003 asection *msec;
4004
4005 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4006 {
4007 _bfd_error_handler
4008 /* xgettext:c-format */
4009 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4010 input_bfd, input_section,
4011 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4012 return FALSE;
4013 }
4014
4015 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4016 msec = sec;
4017 addend =
4018 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4019 - relocation;
4020 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4021 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4022 addend = 0;
4023 }
4024 }
4025 else
4026 {
4027 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4028
4029 relocation = 0;
4030 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4031 symname = h->root.root.string;
4032 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4033 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4034 {
4035 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4036 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4037 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4038 doesn't count. */
4039 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4040 #endif
4041 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4042 }
4043 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4044 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4045 {
4046 bfd_boolean dyn;
4047
4048 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4049 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4050 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4051 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4052 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4053 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4054 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4055 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4056 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4057 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4058 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4059 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4060 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4061 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4062 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4063 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4064 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4065 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4066 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4067 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4068 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4069 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4070 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4071 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4072 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4073 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4074 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4075 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4076 bfd_link_pic (info),
4077 h)
4078 && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4079 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4080 || !h->def_regular))
4081 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4082 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4083 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4084 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4085 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4086 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4087 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4088 || !h->def_regular)
4089 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4090 && !h->forced_local)
4091 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4092 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4093 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4094 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4095 sections against symbols defined externally
4096 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4097 with them here. */
4098 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4099 && h->def_dynamic)))
4100 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4101 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4102 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4103 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4104 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4105 && h->def_dynamic))
4106 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4107 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4108 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4109 ;
4110 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4111 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4112 + sec->output_section->vma
4113 + sec->output_offset)
4114 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4115 symbol value, unless we've seen
4116 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4117 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4118 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4119 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4120 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4121 input_section,
4122 rel->r_offset)
4123 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4124 {
4125 _bfd_error_handler
4126 /* xgettext:c-format */
4127 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4128 input_bfd,
4129 input_section,
4130 (long) rel->r_offset,
4131 howto->name,
4132 h->root.root.string);
4133 return FALSE;
4134 }
4135 }
4136 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4137 ;
4138 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4139 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4140 ;
4141 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4142 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4143 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4144 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4145 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4146 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)));
4147 }
4148
4149 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4150 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4151 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4152
4153 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4154 continue;
4155
4156 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4157 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4158 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4159 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4160 if (sec != NULL)
4161 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4162 sec->output_section);
4163 else
4164 check_segment[1] = -1;
4165
4166 switch ((int) r_type)
4167 {
4168 final_link_relocate:
4169 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4170 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4171 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4172 contents, rel->r_offset,
4173 relocation, addend);
4174 break;
4175
4176 case R_SH_IND12W:
4177 goto final_link_relocate;
4178
4179 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4180 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4181 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4182 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4183 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4184 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4185 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4186 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4187 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4188 != relocation)
4189 {
4190 int disp = (relocation
4191 - input_section->output_section->vma
4192 - input_section->output_offset
4193 - rel->r_offset);
4194 int mask = 0;
4195 switch (r_type)
4196 {
4197 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4198 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4199 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4200 default: mask = 0; break;
4201 }
4202 if (disp & mask)
4203 {
4204 _bfd_error_handler
4205 /* xgettext:c-format */
4206 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4207 input_section->owner,
4208 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
4209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4210 return FALSE;
4211 }
4212 relocation -= 4;
4213 goto final_link_relocate;
4214 }
4215 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4216 break;
4217
4218 default:
4219 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4220 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4221 contents, rel, &relocation))
4222 goto final_link_relocate;
4223 #endif
4224 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4225 return FALSE;
4226
4227 case R_SH_DIR16:
4228 case R_SH_DIR8:
4229 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4230 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4231 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4232 goto final_link_relocate;
4233
4234 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4235 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4236 if (relocation & 3)
4237 {
4238 _bfd_error_handler
4239 /* xgettext:c-format */
4240 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4241 input_section->owner,
4242 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4243 (unsigned long) relocation);
4244 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4245 return FALSE;
4246 }
4247 goto final_link_relocate;
4248
4249 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4250 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4251 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4252 if (relocation & 1)
4253 {
4254 _bfd_error_handler
4255 /* xgettext:c-format */
4256 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4257 input_section->owner,
4258 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4259 (unsigned long) relocation);
4260 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4261 return FALSE;
4262 }
4263 goto final_link_relocate;
4264
4265 case R_SH_PSHA:
4266 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4267 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4268 {
4269 _bfd_error_handler
4270 /* xgettext:c-format */
4271 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4272 input_section->owner,
4273 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4274 (unsigned long) relocation);
4275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4276 return FALSE;
4277 }
4278 goto final_link_relocate;
4279
4280 case R_SH_PSHL:
4281 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4282 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4283 {
4284 _bfd_error_handler
4285 /* xgettext:c-format */
4286 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4287 input_section->owner,
4288 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4289 (unsigned long) relocation);
4290 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4291 return FALSE;
4292 }
4293 goto final_link_relocate;
4294
4295 case R_SH_DIR32:
4296 case R_SH_REL32:
4297 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4298 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4299 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4300 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4301 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4302 #endif
4303 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4304 && (h == NULL
4305 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4306 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4307 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4308 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4309 && !is_vxworks_tls
4310 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4311 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4312 {
4313 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4314 bfd_byte *loc;
4315 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4316
4317 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4318 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4319 time. */
4320
4321 if (sreloc == NULL)
4322 {
4323 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4324 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4325 if (sreloc == NULL)
4326 return FALSE;
4327 }
4328
4329 skip = FALSE;
4330 relocate = FALSE;
4331
4332 outrel.r_offset =
4333 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4334 rel->r_offset);
4335 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4336 skip = TRUE;
4337 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4338 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4339 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4340 + input_section->output_offset);
4341
4342 if (skip)
4343 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4344 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4345 {
4346 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4347 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4348 outrel.r_addend
4349 = (howto->partial_inplace
4350 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4351 : addend);
4352 }
4353 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4354 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4355 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4356 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4357 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4358 {
4359 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4360 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4361 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4362 }
4363 #endif
4364 else if (fdpic_p
4365 && (h == NULL
4366 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4367 && h->def_regular)))
4368 {
4369 int dynindx;
4370
4371 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4372 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4373 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4374 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4375 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4376 outrel.r_addend
4377 += (howto->partial_inplace
4378 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4379 : addend);
4380 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4381 }
4382 else
4383 {
4384 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4385 become local. */
4386 if (h == NULL
4387 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4388 && h->def_regular))
4389 {
4390 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4391 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4392 }
4393 else
4394 {
4395 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4396 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4397 }
4398 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4399 outrel.r_addend
4400 += (howto->partial_inplace
4401 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4402 : addend);
4403 }
4404
4405 loc = sreloc->contents;
4406 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4408
4409 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4410
4411 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4412 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4413 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4414 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4415 if (! relocate)
4416 continue;
4417 }
4418 else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4419 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4420 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4421 {
4422 bfd_vma offset;
4423
4424 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4425
4426 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4427 input_section->output_section))
4428 {
4429 _bfd_error_handler
4430 /* xgettext:c-format */
4431 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4432 input_bfd,
4433 input_section,
4434 (long) rel->r_offset,
4435 symname);
4436 return FALSE;
4437 }
4438
4439 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4440 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4441 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4442 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4443 input_section->output_section->vma
4444 + input_section->output_offset
4445 + rel->r_offset);
4446
4447 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4448 }
4449 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4450 symbols. */
4451 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4452 && h
4453 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4454 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4455 goto final_link_relocate;
4456
4457 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4458 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4459 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4460 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4461 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4462 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4463 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4464 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4465 #endif
4466 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4467 procedure linkage table. */
4468
4469 if (h == NULL
4470 || h->forced_local
4471 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
4472 || info->symbolic
4473 || h->dynindx == -1
4474 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4475 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4476 goto force_got;
4477
4478 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4479 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4480
4481 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4482 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4483 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4484 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4485 + 3) * 4);
4486
4487 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4488 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4489 #endif
4490
4491 goto final_link_relocate;
4492
4493 force_got:
4494 case R_SH_GOT32:
4495 case R_SH_GOT20:
4496 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4497 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4498 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4499 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4500 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4501 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4502 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4503 #endif
4504 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4505 offset table. */
4506
4507 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4508 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4509 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4510
4511 if (h != NULL)
4512 {
4513 bfd_boolean dyn;
4514
4515 off = h->got.offset;
4516 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4517 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4518 {
4519 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4520
4521 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4522 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4523 }
4524 #endif
4525 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4526
4527 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4528 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4529 bfd_link_pic (info),
4530 h)
4531 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4532 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4533 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4534 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4535 {
4536 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4537 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4538 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4539 because of a version file. We must initialize
4540 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4541 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4542 least significant bit to record whether we have
4543 initialized it already.
4544
4545 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4546 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4547 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4548 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4549 off &= ~1;
4550 else
4551 {
4552 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4553 sgot->contents + off);
4554 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4555 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4556 {
4557 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4558
4559 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4560 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4561 }
4562 else
4563 #endif
4564 h->got.offset |= 1;
4565
4566 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4567 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4568 if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4569 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4570 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4571 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4572 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4573 sgot->output_section->vma
4574 + sgot->output_offset
4575 + off);
4576 }
4577 }
4578
4579 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4580 }
4581 else
4582 {
4583 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4584 if (rel->r_addend)
4585 {
4586 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4587 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4588 + r_symndx]
4589 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4590
4591 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4592 + r_symndx];
4593 }
4594 else
4595 {
4596 #endif
4597 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4598 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4599
4600 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4601 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4602 }
4603 #endif
4604
4605 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4606 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4607 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4608 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4609 off &= ~1;
4610 else
4611 {
4612 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4613
4614 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4615 {
4616 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4617 bfd_byte *loc;
4618
4619 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4620 + sgot->output_offset
4621 + off);
4622 if (fdpic_p)
4623 {
4624 int dynindx
4625 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4626 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4627 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4628 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4629 }
4630 else
4631 {
4632 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4633 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4634 }
4635 loc = srelgot->contents;
4636 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4637 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4638 }
4639 else if (fdpic_p
4640 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4641 == GOT_NORMAL))
4642 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4643 sgot->output_section->vma
4644 + sgot->output_offset
4645 + off);
4646
4647 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4648 if (rel->r_addend)
4649 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4650 else
4651 #endif
4652 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4653 }
4654
4655 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4656 }
4657
4658 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4659 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4660 #endif
4661
4662 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4663 {
4664 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4665 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4666 rel->r_offset);
4667 break;
4668 }
4669 else
4670 goto final_link_relocate;
4671
4672 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4673 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4674 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4675 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4676 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4677 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4678 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4679 #endif
4680 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4681 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4682 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4683 descriptors in front of it. */
4684 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4685 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4686 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4687 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4688 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4689
4690 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4691 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4692 #endif
4693
4694 addend = rel->r_addend;
4695
4696 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4697 {
4698 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4699 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4700 rel->r_offset);
4701 break;
4702 }
4703 else
4704 goto final_link_relocate;
4705
4706 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4707 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4708 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4709 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4710 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4711 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4712 #endif
4713 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4714
4715 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4716 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4717
4718 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4719 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4720 #endif
4721
4722 addend = rel->r_addend;
4723
4724 goto final_link_relocate;
4725
4726 case R_SH_PLT32:
4727 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4728 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4729 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4730 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4731 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4732 #endif
4733 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4734 procedure linkage table. */
4735
4736 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4737 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4738 if (h == NULL)
4739 goto final_link_relocate;
4740
4741 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4742 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4743 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4744 behavior. */
4745 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4746 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4747
4748 if (h->forced_local)
4749 goto final_link_relocate;
4750
4751 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4752 {
4753 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4754 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4755 using -Bsymbolic. */
4756 goto final_link_relocate;
4757 }
4758
4759 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4760 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4761 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4762 + splt->output_offset
4763 + h->plt.offset);
4764
4765 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4766 relocation++;
4767 #endif
4768
4769 addend = rel->r_addend;
4770
4771 goto final_link_relocate;
4772
4773 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4774 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4775 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4776 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4777 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4778 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4779 {
4780 int dynindx = -1;
4781 asection *reloc_section;
4782 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4783 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4784
4785 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4786
4787 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4788
4789 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4790 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4791 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4792 does. */
4793
4794 relocation = 0;
4795 addend = 0;
4796
4797 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4798 {
4799 reloc_section = input_section;
4800 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4801 }
4802 else
4803 {
4804 reloc_section = sgot;
4805
4806 if (h != NULL)
4807 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4808 else
4809 {
4810 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4811 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4812 }
4813 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4814
4815 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4816 {
4817 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4818 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4819 }
4820 }
4821
4822 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4823 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4824 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4825 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4826 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4827 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4828 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4829 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4830 {
4831 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4832 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4833 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4834 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4835 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4836 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4837 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4838 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4839 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4840 + h->root.u.def.value;
4841 }
4842 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4843 {
4844 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4845 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4846 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4847 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4848 descriptor. */
4849 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4850 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4851 }
4852 else
4853 {
4854 bfd_vma offset;
4855
4856 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4857 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4858 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4859 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4860 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4861
4862 if (h)
4863 {
4864 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4865 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4866 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4867 {
4868 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4869 offset, NULL, 0))
4870 return FALSE;
4871 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4872 }
4873 }
4874 else
4875 {
4876 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4877
4878 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4879 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4880 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4881 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4882 {
4883 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4884 offset, sec,
4885 sym->st_value))
4886 return FALSE;
4887 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4888 }
4889 }
4890
4891 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4892 }
4893
4894 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4895 {
4896 bfd_vma offset;
4897
4898 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4899 reloc_section->output_section))
4900 {
4901 _bfd_error_handler
4902 /* xgettext:c-format */
4903 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4904 input_bfd,
4905 input_section,
4906 (long) rel->r_offset,
4907 symname);
4908 return FALSE;
4909 }
4910
4911 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4912 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4913
4914 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4915 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4916 offset
4917 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4918 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4919 }
4920 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4921 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4922 {
4923 bfd_vma offset;
4924
4925 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4926 reloc_section->output_section))
4927 {
4928 info->callbacks->warning
4929 (info,
4930 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4931 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4932 return FALSE;
4933 }
4934
4935 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4936 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4937
4938 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4939 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4940 offset
4941 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4942 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4943 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4944
4945 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4946 {
4947 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4948 break;
4949 }
4950 else
4951 {
4952 relocation = 0;
4953 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4954 }
4955 }
4956
4957 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4958 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4959 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4960 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4961 {
4962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4963 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4964 if (h != NULL)
4965 h->got.offset |= 1;
4966 else
4967 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4968
4969 funcdesc_done_got:
4970
4971 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4972 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4973 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4974 #endif
4975 }
4976 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4977 {
4978 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4979 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4980 rel->r_offset);
4981 break;
4982 }
4983 else
4984 goto final_link_relocate;
4985 }
4986 break;
4987
4988 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4989 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4990 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4991 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4992 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4993 for them. */
4994 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4995
4996 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4997 relocation = 0;
4998 addend = rel->r_addend;
4999
5000 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5001 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5002 {
5003 _bfd_error_handler
5004 /* xgettext:c-format */
5005 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5006 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5007 h->root.root.string);
5008 return FALSE;
5009 }
5010 else
5011 {
5012 bfd_vma offset;
5013
5014 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5015 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5016 if (h)
5017 {
5018 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5019 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5020 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5021 {
5022 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5023 offset, NULL, 0))
5024 return FALSE;
5025 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5026 }
5027 }
5028 else
5029 {
5030 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5031
5032 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5033 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5034 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5035 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5036 {
5037 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5038 offset, sec,
5039 sym->st_value))
5040 return FALSE;
5041 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5042 }
5043 }
5044
5045 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5046 }
5047
5048 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5049 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5050 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5051 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5052 #endif
5053
5054 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5055 {
5056 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5057 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5058 rel->r_offset);
5059 break;
5060 }
5061 else
5062 goto final_link_relocate;
5063
5064 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5065 {
5066 static bfd_vma start, end;
5067
5068 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5069 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5070 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5071 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5072 break;
5073
5074 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5075 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5076 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5077 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5078 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5079 break;
5080 }
5081
5082 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5083 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5084 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5085 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5086 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5087 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5088 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5089 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5090 else if (h != NULL)
5091 {
5092 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5093 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5094 && (h->dynindx == -1
5095 || h->def_regular))
5096 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5097 }
5098
5099 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5100 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5101
5102 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5103 {
5104 bfd_vma offset;
5105 unsigned short insn;
5106
5107 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5108 {
5109 /* GD->LE transition:
5110 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5111 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5112 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5113 We change it into:
5114 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5115 nop; nop; ...
5116 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5117
5118 offset = rel->r_offset;
5119 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5120 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5121 offset -= 16;
5122 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5123 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5124 {
5125 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5126 offset -= 2;
5127 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5128 }
5129
5130 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5131 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5132 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5133 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5134 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5135 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5136 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5137 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5138 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5139 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5140 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5141
5142 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5143 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5144 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5145 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5146 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5147 }
5148 else
5149 {
5150 int target;
5151
5152 /* IE->LE transition:
5153 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5154 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5155 We change it into:
5156 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5157 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5158
5159 offset = rel->r_offset;
5160 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5161 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5162 offset -= 10;
5163 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5164 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5165 {
5166 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5167 offset -= 2;
5168 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5169 }
5170
5171 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5172 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5173 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5174 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5175 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5176 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5177 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5178 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5179 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5180 }
5181
5182 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5183 contents + rel->r_offset);
5184 continue;
5185 }
5186
5187 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5188 abort ();
5189
5190 if (h != NULL)
5191 off = h->got.offset;
5192 else
5193 {
5194 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5195 abort ();
5196
5197 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5198 }
5199
5200 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5201 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5202 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5203 {
5204 off &= ~1;
5205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5206 sgot->contents + off);
5207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5208 contents + rel->r_offset);
5209 continue;
5210 }
5211
5212 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5213 off &= ~1;
5214 else
5215 {
5216 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5217 bfd_byte *loc;
5218 int dr_type, indx;
5219
5220 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5221 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5222
5223 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5224 indx = 0;
5225 else
5226 indx = h->dynindx;
5227
5228 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5229 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5230 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5231 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5232 else
5233 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5234 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5235 loc = srelgot->contents;
5236 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5237 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5238
5239 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5240 {
5241 if (indx == 0)
5242 {
5243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5244 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5245 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5246 }
5247 else
5248 {
5249 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5250 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5251 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5252 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5253 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5254 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5255 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5256 }
5257 }
5258
5259 if (h != NULL)
5260 h->got.offset |= 1;
5261 else
5262 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5263 }
5264
5265 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5266 abort ();
5267
5268 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5269 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5270 else
5271 {
5272 bfd_vma offset;
5273 unsigned short insn;
5274
5275 /* GD->IE transition:
5276 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5277 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5278 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5279 We change it into:
5280 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5281 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5282 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5283
5284 offset = rel->r_offset;
5285 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5286 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5287 offset -= 16;
5288 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5289 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5290 {
5291 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5292 offset -= 2;
5293 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5294 }
5295
5296 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5297
5298 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5299 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5300
5301 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5302 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5303 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5304 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5305 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5306 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5307 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5308 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5309 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5310 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5311
5312 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5313 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5314 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5315 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5316 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5317
5318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5319 contents + rel->r_offset);
5320
5321 continue;
5322 }
5323
5324 addend = rel->r_addend;
5325
5326 goto final_link_relocate;
5327
5328 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5329 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5330 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5331 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5332 {
5333 bfd_vma offset;
5334 unsigned short insn;
5335
5336 /* LD->LE transition:
5337 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5338 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5339 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5340 We change it into:
5341 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5342 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5343
5344 offset = rel->r_offset;
5345 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5346 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5347 offset -= 16;
5348 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5349 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5350 {
5351 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5352 offset -= 2;
5353 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5354 }
5355
5356 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5357 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5358 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5359 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5360 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5361 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5362 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5363 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5364 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5365 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5366 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5367
5368 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5369 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5370 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5371 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5372 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5373 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5374
5375 continue;
5376 }
5377
5378 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5379 abort ();
5380
5381 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5382 if (off & 1)
5383 off &= ~1;
5384 else
5385 {
5386 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5387 bfd_byte *loc;
5388
5389 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5390 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5391 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5392 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5393 loc = srelgot->contents;
5394 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5395 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5396 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5397 }
5398
5399 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5400 addend = rel->r_addend;
5401
5402 goto final_link_relocate;
5403
5404 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5405 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5406 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5407 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5408 else
5409 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5410
5411 addend = rel->r_addend;
5412 goto final_link_relocate;
5413
5414 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5415 {
5416 int indx;
5417 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5418 bfd_byte *loc;
5419
5420 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5421
5422 if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
5423 {
5424 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5425 addend = rel->r_addend;
5426 goto final_link_relocate;
5427 }
5428
5429 if (sreloc == NULL)
5430 {
5431 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5432 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5433 if (sreloc == NULL)
5434 return FALSE;
5435 }
5436
5437 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5438 indx = 0;
5439 else
5440 indx = h->dynindx;
5441
5442 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5443 + input_section->output_offset
5444 + rel->r_offset);
5445 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5446 if (indx == 0)
5447 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5448 else
5449 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5450
5451 loc = sreloc->contents;
5452 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5453 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5454 continue;
5455 }
5456 }
5457
5458 relocation_done:
5459 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5460 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5461 {
5462 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5463 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5464 {
5465 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5466 {
5467 info->callbacks->einfo
5468 /* xgettext:c-format */
5469 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5470 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5471 return FALSE;
5472 }
5473 else
5474 info->callbacks->einfo
5475 /* xgettext:c-format */
5476 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5477 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5478 }
5479
5480 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5481 }
5482
5483 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5484 {
5485 switch (r)
5486 {
5487 default:
5488 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5489 abort ();
5490 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5491 {
5492 const char *name;
5493
5494 if (h != NULL)
5495 name = NULL;
5496 else
5497 {
5498 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5499 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5500 if (name == NULL)
5501 return FALSE;
5502 if (*name == '\0')
5503 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5504 }
5505 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5506 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5507 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5508 }
5509 break;
5510 }
5511 }
5512 }
5513
5514 return TRUE;
5515 }
5516
5517 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5518 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5519
5520 static bfd_byte *
5521 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5522 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5523 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5524 bfd_byte *data,
5525 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5526 asymbol **symbols)
5527 {
5528 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5529 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5530 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5531 asection **sections = NULL;
5532 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5533 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5534
5535 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5536 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5537 if (relocatable
5538 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5539 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5540 link_order, data,
5541 relocatable,
5542 symbols);
5543
5544 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5545
5546 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5547 (size_t) input_section->size);
5548
5549 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5550 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5551 {
5552 asection **secpp;
5553 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5554 bfd_size_type amt;
5555
5556 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5557 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5558 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5559 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5560 goto error_return;
5561
5562 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5563 {
5564 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5565 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5566 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5567 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5568 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5569 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5570 goto error_return;
5571 }
5572
5573 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5574 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5575 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5576 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5577 goto error_return;
5578
5579 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5580 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5581 {
5582 asection *isec;
5583
5584 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5585 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5586 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5587 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5588 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5589 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5590 else
5591 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5592
5593 *secpp = isec;
5594 }
5595
5596 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5597 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5598 isymbuf, sections))
5599 goto error_return;
5600
5601 if (sections != NULL)
5602 free (sections);
5603 if (isymbuf != NULL
5604 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5605 free (isymbuf);
5606 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5607 free (internal_relocs);
5608 }
5609
5610 return data;
5611
5612 error_return:
5613 if (sections != NULL)
5614 free (sections);
5615 if (isymbuf != NULL
5616 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5617 free (isymbuf);
5618 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5619 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5620 free (internal_relocs);
5621 return NULL;
5622 }
5623
5624 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5625 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5626 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5627
5628 static bfd_vma
5629 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5630 {
5631 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5632 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5633 return 0;
5634 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5638
5639 static bfd_vma
5640 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5641 {
5642 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5643 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5644 return 0;
5645 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5646 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5647 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5648 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5649 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5650 }
5651
5652 static asection *
5653 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5654 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5655 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5656 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5657 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5658 {
5659 if (h != NULL)
5660 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5661 {
5662 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5663 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5664 return NULL;
5665 }
5666
5667 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5668 }
5669
5670 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5671
5672 static void
5673 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5674 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5675 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5676 {
5677 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5678
5679 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5680 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5681
5682 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5683 {
5684 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5685 {
5686 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5687 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5688
5689 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5690 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5691 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5692 {
5693 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5694
5695 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5696 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5697 {
5698 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5699 q->count += p->count;
5700 *pp = p->next;
5701 break;
5702 }
5703 if (q == NULL)
5704 pp = &p->next;
5705 }
5706 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5707 }
5708
5709 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5710 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5711 }
5712 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5713 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5714 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5715 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5716 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5717 #endif
5718 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5719 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5720 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5721 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5722
5723 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5724 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5725 {
5726 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5727 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5728 }
5729
5730 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5731 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5732 {
5733 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5734 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5735 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5736 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5737 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5738 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5739 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5740 }
5741 else
5742 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5743 }
5744
5745 static int
5746 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5747 int is_local)
5748 {
5749 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5750 return r_type;
5751
5752 switch (r_type)
5753 {
5754 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5755 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5756 if (is_local)
5757 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5758 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5759 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5760 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5761 }
5762
5763 return r_type;
5764 }
5765
5766 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5767 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5768 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5769
5770 static bfd_boolean
5771 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5772 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5773 {
5774 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5775 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5776 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5777 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5778 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5779 asection *sreloc;
5780 unsigned int r_type;
5781 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5782
5783 sreloc = NULL;
5784
5785 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5786 return TRUE;
5787
5788 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5789
5790 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5791 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5792
5793 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5794 if (htab == NULL)
5795 return FALSE;
5796
5797 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5798 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5799 {
5800 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5801 unsigned long r_symndx;
5802 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5803 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5804 #endif
5805
5806 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5807 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5808
5809 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5810 h = NULL;
5811 else
5812 {
5813 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5814 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5815 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5816 {
5817 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5818 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5819 #endif
5820 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5821 }
5822
5823 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
5824 object. */
5825 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
5826 }
5827
5828 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5829 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5830 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5831 && h != NULL
5832 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5833 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5834 && (h->dynindx == -1
5835 || h->def_regular))
5836 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5837
5838 if (htab->fdpic_p)
5839 switch (r_type)
5840 {
5841 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5842 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5843 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5844 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5845 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5846 if (h != NULL)
5847 {
5848 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5849 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5850 {
5851 case STV_INTERNAL:
5852 case STV_HIDDEN:
5853 break;
5854 default:
5855 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5856 break;
5857 }
5858 }
5859 break;
5860 }
5861
5862 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5863 if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
5864 {
5865 switch (r_type)
5866 {
5867 case R_SH_DIR32:
5868 /* This may require an rofixup. */
5869 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5870 break;
5871 /* Fall through. */
5872 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5873 case R_SH_GOT32:
5874 case R_SH_GOT20:
5875 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5876 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5877 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5878 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5879 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5880 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5881 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5882 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5883 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5884 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5885 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5886 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5887 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5888 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5889 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5890 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5891 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5892 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5893 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5894 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5895 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5896 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5897 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5898 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5899 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5900 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5901 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5902 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5903 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5904 #endif
5905 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5906 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5907 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5908 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5909 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5910 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5911 return FALSE;
5912 break;
5913
5914 default:
5915 break;
5916 }
5917 }
5918
5919 switch (r_type)
5920 {
5921 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5922 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5923 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5924 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5925 return FALSE;
5926 break;
5927
5928 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5929 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5930 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5931 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
5932 if (h != NULL
5933 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5934 return FALSE;
5935 break;
5936
5937 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5938 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5939 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5940
5941 /* FALLTHROUGH */
5942 force_got:
5943 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5944 case R_SH_GOT32:
5945 case R_SH_GOT20:
5946 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5947 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5948 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5949 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5950 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5951 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5952 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5953 #endif
5954 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5955 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5956 switch (r_type)
5957 {
5958 default:
5959 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5960 break;
5961 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5962 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5963 break;
5964 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5965 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5966 break;
5967 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5968 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5969 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
5970 break;
5971 }
5972
5973 if (h != NULL)
5974 {
5975 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5976 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5977 {
5978 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
5979 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5980
5981 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
5982 }
5983 else
5984 #endif
5985 h->got.refcount += 1;
5986 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5987 }
5988 else
5989 {
5990 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5991
5992 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
5993 symbol. */
5994 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5995 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5996 {
5997 bfd_size_type size;
5998
5999 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6000 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6001 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6002 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6003 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6004 size *= 2;
6005 #endif
6006 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6007 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6008 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6009 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6010 return FALSE;
6011 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6012 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6013 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6014 GOT offsets. */
6015 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6016 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6017 #else
6018 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6019 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6020 #endif
6021 }
6022 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6023 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6024 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6025 else
6026 #endif
6027 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6028 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6029 }
6030
6031 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6032 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6033 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6034 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6035 {
6036 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6037 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6038 else
6039 {
6040 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6041 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6042 _bfd_error_handler
6043 /* xgettext:c-format */
6044 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6045 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6046 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6047 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6048 _bfd_error_handler
6049 /* xgettext:c-format */
6050 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6051 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6052 else
6053 _bfd_error_handler
6054 /* xgettext:c-format */
6055 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6056 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6057 return FALSE;
6058 }
6059 }
6060
6061 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6062 {
6063 if (h != NULL)
6064 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6065 else
6066 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6067 }
6068
6069 break;
6070
6071 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6072 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6073 break;
6074
6075 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6076 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6077 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6078 if (rel->r_addend)
6079 {
6080 _bfd_error_handler
6081 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6082 abfd);
6083 return FALSE;
6084 }
6085
6086 if (h == NULL)
6087 {
6088 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6089
6090 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6091 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6092 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6093 {
6094 bfd_size_type size;
6095
6096 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6097 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6098 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6099 size *= 2;
6100 #endif
6101 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6102 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6103 return FALSE;
6104 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6105 }
6106 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6107
6108 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6109 {
6110 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6111 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6112 else
6113 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6114 }
6115 }
6116 else
6117 {
6118 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6119 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6120 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6121
6122 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6123 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6124 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6125 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6126 {
6127 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6128 _bfd_error_handler
6129 /* xgettext:c-format */
6130 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6131 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6132 else
6133 _bfd_error_handler
6134 /* xgettext:c-format */
6135 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6136 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6137 }
6138 }
6139 break;
6140
6141 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6142 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6143 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6144 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6145 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6146 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6147 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6148 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6149 #endif
6150 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6151 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6152
6153 if (h == NULL
6154 || h->forced_local
6155 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
6156 || info->symbolic
6157 || h->dynindx == -1)
6158 goto force_got;
6159
6160 h->needs_plt = 1;
6161 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6162 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6163
6164 break;
6165
6166 case R_SH_PLT32:
6167 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6168 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6169 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6170 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6171 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6172 #endif
6173 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6174 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6175 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6176 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6177 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6178 after all. */
6179
6180 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6181 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6182 if (h == NULL)
6183 continue;
6184
6185 if (h->forced_local)
6186 break;
6187
6188 h->needs_plt = 1;
6189 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6190 break;
6191
6192 case R_SH_DIR32:
6193 case R_SH_REL32:
6194 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6195 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6196 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6197 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6198 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6199 #endif
6200 if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
6201 {
6202 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6203 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6204 }
6205
6206 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6207 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6208 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6209 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6210 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6211 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6212 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6213 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6214 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6215 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6216 possibility below by storing information in the
6217 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6218 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6219 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6220
6221 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6222 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6223 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6224 symbol. */
6225 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
6226 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6227 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6228 || (h != NULL
6229 && (! info->symbolic
6230 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6231 || !h->def_regular))))
6232 || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
6233 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6234 && h != NULL
6235 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6236 || !h->def_regular)))
6237 {
6238 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6239 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6240
6241 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6242 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6243
6244 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6245 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6246 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6247 if (sreloc == NULL)
6248 {
6249 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6250 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6251
6252 if (sreloc == NULL)
6253 return FALSE;
6254 }
6255
6256 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6257 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6258 if (h != NULL)
6259 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6260 else
6261 {
6262 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6263 asection *s;
6264 void *vpp;
6265 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6266
6267 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6268 abfd, r_symndx);
6269 if (isym == NULL)
6270 return FALSE;
6271
6272 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6273 if (s == NULL)
6274 s = sec;
6275
6276 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6277 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6278 }
6279
6280 p = *head;
6281 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6282 {
6283 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6284 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6285 if (p == NULL)
6286 return FALSE;
6287 p->next = *head;
6288 *head = p;
6289 p->sec = sec;
6290 p->count = 0;
6291 p->pc_count = 0;
6292 }
6293
6294 p->count += 1;
6295 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6296 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6297 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6298 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6299 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6300 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6301 #endif
6302 )
6303 p->pc_count += 1;
6304 }
6305
6306 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6307 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6308 fixup. */
6309 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
6310 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6311 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6312 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6313 break;
6314
6315 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6316 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
6317 {
6318 _bfd_error_handler
6319 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6320 abfd);
6321 return FALSE;
6322 }
6323
6324 break;
6325
6326 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6327 /* Nothing to do. */
6328 break;
6329
6330 default:
6331 break;
6332 }
6333 }
6334
6335 return TRUE;
6336 }
6337
6338 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6339 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6340
6341 static bfd_boolean
6342 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6343 {
6344 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6345
6346 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6347 return FALSE;
6348
6349 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6350 return FALSE;
6351
6352 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6353
6354 return TRUE;
6355 }
6356
6357
6358 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6359 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6360 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6361 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6362
6363 int
6364 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6365 {
6366 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6367
6368 for (; i>0; i--)
6369 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6370 return i;
6371
6372 /* shouldn't get here */
6373 BFD_FAIL();
6374
6375 return -1;
6376 }
6377 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6378
6379 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6380 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6381
6382 static bfd_boolean
6383 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6384 {
6385 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6386 return TRUE;
6387
6388 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6389 return FALSE;
6390
6391 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6392 }
6393 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6394
6395 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6396
6397 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6398 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6399
6400 int
6401 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6402 {
6403 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6404 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6405
6406 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6407 }
6408
6409 /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
6410 resultant architecture supports all the features required
6411 by the two input BFDs.
6412 If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
6413 DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
6414 that fits the requirements then an error is emitted. */
6415
6416 static bfd_boolean
6417 sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6418 {
6419 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6420 unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
6421
6422 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
6423 return FALSE;
6424
6425 old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6426 new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
6427
6428 merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
6429
6430 if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6431 {
6432 _bfd_error_handler
6433 /* xgettext:c-format */
6434 (_("%B: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
6435 "use %s instructions"),
6436 ibfd,
6437 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
6438 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
6439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6440 return FALSE;
6441 }
6442 else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6443 {
6444 _bfd_error_handler
6445 /* xgettext:c-format */
6446 (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
6447 "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
6448 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
6449 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
6450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6451 return FALSE;
6452 }
6453
6454 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
6455 sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
6456
6457 return TRUE;
6458 }
6459
6460 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6461 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6462
6463 static bfd_boolean
6464 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6465 {
6466 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6467
6468 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6469 return TRUE;
6470
6471 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6472 {
6473 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6474 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6475 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6476 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6477 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6478 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
6479 }
6480
6481 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
6482 {
6483 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6484 "with instructions used in previous modules"),
6485 ibfd);
6486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6487 return FALSE;
6488 }
6489
6490 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6491 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6492 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6493
6494 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6495 {
6496 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
6497 ibfd);
6498 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6499 return FALSE;
6500 }
6501
6502 return TRUE;
6503 }
6504 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6505
6506 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6507 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6508 here. */
6509
6510 static bfd_boolean
6511 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6512 {
6513 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6514 return FALSE;
6515
6516 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6517 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6518 }
6519
6520 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6521 dynamic sections here. */
6522
6523 static bfd_boolean
6524 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6525 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6526 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6527 {
6528 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6529
6530 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6531 if (htab == NULL)
6532 return FALSE;
6533
6534 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6535 {
6536 asection *splt;
6537 asection *sgotplt;
6538 asection *srelplt;
6539
6540 bfd_vma plt_index;
6541 bfd_vma got_offset;
6542 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6543 bfd_byte *loc;
6544 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6545
6546 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6547 it up. */
6548
6549 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6550
6551 splt = htab->root.splt;
6552 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6553 srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
6554 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6555
6556 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6557 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6558 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6559 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6560 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6561
6562 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6563 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6564 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6565
6566 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6567 corresponds to this function. */
6568 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6569 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6570 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6571 bytes. */
6572 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6573 else
6574 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6575 reserved. */
6576 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6577
6578 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6579 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6580 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6581 #endif
6582
6583 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6584 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6585 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6586 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6587
6588 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6589 {
6590 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6591 {
6592 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6593 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6594 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6595 h->plt.offset
6596 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6597 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6598 }
6599 else
6600 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6601 (splt->contents
6602 + h->plt.offset
6603 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6604 }
6605 else
6606 {
6607 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6608
6609 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6610 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6611 + sgotplt->output_offset
6612 + got_offset),
6613 (splt->contents
6614 + h->plt.offset
6615 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6616 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6617 {
6618 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6619 int distance;
6620
6621 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6622 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6623 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6624 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6625 to the last element of the previous group. */
6626 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6627 the common resolver stub. */
6628 reachable_plts = ((4096
6629 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6630 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6631 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6632 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6633 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6634 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6635 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6636 else
6637 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6638 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6639
6640 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6641 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6642 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6643 (splt->contents
6644 + h->plt.offset
6645 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6646 }
6647 else
6648 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6649 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6650 (splt->contents
6651 + h->plt.offset
6652 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6653 }
6654
6655 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6656 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6657 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6658 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6659 #endif
6660 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6661 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6662
6663 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6664 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6665 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6666 (splt->contents
6667 + h->plt.offset
6668 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6669
6670 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6671 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6672 (splt->output_section->vma
6673 + splt->output_offset
6674 + h->plt.offset
6675 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6676 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6677 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6678 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6679 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
6680 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6681
6682 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6683 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6684 + sgotplt->output_offset
6685 + got_offset);
6686 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6687 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6688 else
6689 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6690 rel.r_addend = 0;
6691 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6692 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6693 #endif
6694 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6695 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6696
6697 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6698 {
6699 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6700 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6701 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6702 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6703
6704 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6705 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6706 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6707 + splt->output_offset
6708 + h->plt.offset
6709 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6710 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6711 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6712 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6713 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6714
6715 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6716 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6717 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6718 + sgotplt->output_offset
6719 + got_offset);
6720 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6721 rel.r_addend = 0;
6722 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6723 }
6724
6725 if (!h->def_regular)
6726 {
6727 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6728 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6729 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6730 }
6731 }
6732
6733 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6734 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6735 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6736 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6737 {
6738 asection *sgot;
6739 asection *srelgot;
6740 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6741 bfd_byte *loc;
6742
6743 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6744 up. */
6745
6746 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6747 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6748 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6749
6750 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6751 + sgot->output_offset
6752 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6753
6754 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6755 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6756 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6757 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6758 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6759 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6760 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6761 {
6762 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6763 {
6764 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6765 int dynindx
6766 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6767
6768 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6769 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6770 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6771 }
6772 else
6773 {
6774 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6775 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6776 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6777 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6778 }
6779 }
6780 else
6781 {
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6783 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6784 rel.r_addend = 0;
6785 }
6786
6787 loc = srelgot->contents;
6788 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6790 }
6791
6792 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6793 {
6794 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6795
6796 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6797 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6798 {
6799 asection *sgot;
6800 asection *srelgot;
6801 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6802 bfd_byte *loc;
6803
6804 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6805 Set it up. */
6806
6807 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6808 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6809 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6810
6811 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6812 + sgot->output_offset
6813 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6814
6815 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6816 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6817 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6818 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6819 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6820 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6821 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6822 {
6823 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6824 {
6825 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6826 int dynindx
6827 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6828
6829 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6830 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6831 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6832 }
6833 else
6834 {
6835 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6836 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6837 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6838 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6839 }
6840 }
6841 else
6842 {
6843 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
6844 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
6845 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6846 rel.r_addend = 0;
6847 }
6848
6849 loc = srelgot->contents;
6850 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6851 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6852 }
6853 }
6854 #endif
6855
6856 if (h->needs_copy)
6857 {
6858 asection *s;
6859 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6860 bfd_byte *loc;
6861
6862 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
6863
6864 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6865 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6866 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6867
6868 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6869 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6870
6871 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6872 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6873 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6874 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6875 rel.r_addend = 0;
6876 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6877 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6878 }
6879
6880 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
6881 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6882 ".got" section. */
6883 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6884 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
6885 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6886
6887 return TRUE;
6888 }
6889
6890 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6891
6892 static bfd_boolean
6893 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6894 {
6895 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6896 asection *sgotplt;
6897 asection *sdyn;
6898
6899 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6900 if (htab == NULL)
6901 return FALSE;
6902
6903 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6904 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6905
6906 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6907 {
6908 asection *splt;
6909 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6910
6911 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6912
6913 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6914 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6915 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6916 {
6917 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6918 asection *s;
6919 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6920 const char *name;
6921 #endif
6922
6923 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6924
6925 switch (dyn.d_tag)
6926 {
6927 default:
6928 if (htab->vxworks_p
6929 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
6930 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6931 break;
6932
6933 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6934 case DT_INIT:
6935 name = info->init_function;
6936 goto get_sym;
6937
6938 case DT_FINI:
6939 name = info->fini_function;
6940 get_sym:
6941 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
6942 {
6943 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6944
6945 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
6946 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6947 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
6948 {
6949 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
6950 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6951 }
6952 }
6953 break;
6954 #endif
6955
6956 case DT_PLTGOT:
6957 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6958 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6959 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6960 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6961 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6962 break;
6963
6964 case DT_JMPREL:
6965 s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
6966 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6967 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6968 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6969 break;
6970
6971 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6972 s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
6973 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6974 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6975 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6976 break;
6977
6978 case DT_RELASZ:
6979 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
6980 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
6981 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
6982 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
6983 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
6984 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
6985 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
6986 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
6987 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
6988 if (htab->root.srelplt != NULL)
6989 {
6990 s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
6991 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
6992 }
6993 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6994 break;
6995 }
6996 }
6997
6998 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6999 splt = htab->root.splt;
7000 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7001 {
7002 unsigned int i;
7003
7004 memcpy (splt->contents,
7005 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7006 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7007 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7008 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7009 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7010 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7011 + sgotplt->output_offset
7012 + (i * 4)),
7013 (splt->contents
7014 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7015
7016 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7017 {
7018 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7019 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7020 bfd_byte *loc;
7021
7022 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7023 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7024 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7025 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7026 + splt->output_offset
7027 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7028 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7029 rel.r_addend = 8;
7030 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7031 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7032
7033 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7034 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7035 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7036 output. */
7037 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7038 {
7039 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7040 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7041 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7042 R_SH_DIR32);
7043 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7044 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7045
7046 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7047 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7048 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7049 R_SH_DIR32);
7050 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7051 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7052 }
7053 }
7054
7055 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7056 really seem like the right value. */
7057 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7058 }
7059 }
7060
7061 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7062 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7063 {
7064 if (sdyn == NULL)
7065 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7066 else
7067 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7068 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7069 sgotplt->contents);
7070 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7071 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7072 }
7073
7074 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7075 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7076
7077 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7078 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7079 {
7080 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7081 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7082 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7083 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7084
7085 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7086
7087 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7088 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7089 }
7090
7091 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7092 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7093 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7094
7095 if (htab->root.srelgot)
7096 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7097 == htab->root.srelgot->size);
7098
7099 return TRUE;
7100 }
7101
7102 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7103 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7104 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7105 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7106 {
7107 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7108 {
7109 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7110 return reloc_class_relative;
7111 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7112 return reloc_class_plt;
7113 case R_SH_COPY:
7114 return reloc_class_copy;
7115 default:
7116 return reloc_class_normal;
7117 }
7118 }
7119
7120 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7121 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7122
7123 static bfd_boolean
7124 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7125 {
7126 int offset;
7127 unsigned int size;
7128
7129 switch (note->descsz)
7130 {
7131 default:
7132 return FALSE;
7133
7134 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7135 /* pr_cursig */
7136 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7137
7138 /* pr_pid */
7139 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7140
7141 /* pr_reg */
7142 offset = 72;
7143 size = 92;
7144
7145 break;
7146 }
7147
7148 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7149 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7150 size, note->descpos + offset);
7151 }
7152
7153 static bfd_boolean
7154 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7155 {
7156 switch (note->descsz)
7157 {
7158 default:
7159 return FALSE;
7160
7161 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7162 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7163 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7164 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7165 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7166 }
7167
7168 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7169 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7170 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7171
7172 {
7173 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7174 int n = strlen (command);
7175
7176 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7177 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7178 }
7179
7180 return TRUE;
7181 }
7182 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7183
7184
7185 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7186 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7187
7188 static bfd_vma
7189 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7190 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7191 {
7192 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7193
7194 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7195 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7196 }
7197
7198 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7199 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7200
7201 static bfd_boolean
7202 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7203 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7204 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7205 {
7206 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7207
7208 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7209 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7210 return FALSE;
7211
7212 return TRUE;
7213 }
7214
7215 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7216
7217 static bfd_byte
7218 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7219 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7220 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7221 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7222 bfd_vma *encoded)
7223 {
7224 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7225 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7226
7227 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7228 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7229 loc_offset, encoded);
7230
7231 h = htab->root.hgot;
7232 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7233
7234 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7235 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7236 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7237 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7238
7239 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7240 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7241 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7242
7243 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7244 - (h->root.u.def.value
7245 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7246 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7247
7248 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7249 }
7250
7251 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7252 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7253 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7254 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7255 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7256 #endif
7257
7258 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7259 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7260 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7261 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7262 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7263 #else
7264 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7265 #endif
7266
7267 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7268
7269 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7270 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7271 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7272 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7273 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7274 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7275 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7276 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7277 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7278 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7279 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7280 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7281 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7282 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7283
7284 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7285 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7286 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7287 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7288 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7289 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7290 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7291 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7292 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7293 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7294 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7295 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7296 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7297 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7298 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7299 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7300 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7301 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7302 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7303 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7304 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7305 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7306 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7307 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7308 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7309 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7310 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7311
7312 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7313 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7314 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7315 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7316 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7317 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7318 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7319
7320 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7321
7322 #include "elf32-target.h"
7323
7324 /* NetBSD support. */
7325 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7326 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7327 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7328 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7329 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7330 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7331 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7332 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7333 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7334 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7335 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7336 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7337 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7338 #undef elf32_bed
7339 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7340
7341 #include "elf32-target.h"
7342
7343
7344 /* Linux support. */
7345 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7346 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7347 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7348 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7349 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7350 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7351 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7352 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7353 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7354 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7355
7356 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7357 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7358 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7359 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7360 #undef elf32_bed
7361 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7362
7363 #include "elf32-target.h"
7364
7365
7366 /* FDPIC support. */
7367 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7368 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7369 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7370 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7371 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7372 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7373 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7374 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7375
7376 #undef elf32_bed
7377 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7378
7379 #include "elf32-target.h"
7380
7381 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7382
7383 /* VxWorks support. */
7384 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7385 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7386 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7387 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7388 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7389 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7390 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7391 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7392 #undef elf32_bed
7393 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7394
7395 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7396 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7397 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7398 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7399 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7400 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7401 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7402 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7403 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7404 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7405 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7406 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7407 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7408 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7409 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7410 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7411 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7412 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7413 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7414 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7415
7416 #include "elf32-target.h"
7417
7418 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */